Sema.h revision aabd094cf694039fe823987e133af7ac25cb9711
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 48#include <deque> 49#include <string> 50 51namespace llvm { 52 class APSInt; 53 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 54 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 55 class SmallBitVector; 56} 57 58namespace clang { 59 class ADLResult; 60 class ASTConsumer; 61 class ASTContext; 62 class ASTMutationListener; 63 class ASTReader; 64 class ASTWriter; 65 class ArrayType; 66 class AttributeList; 67 class BlockDecl; 68 class CXXBasePath; 69 class CXXBasePaths; 70 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 71 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 72 class CXXConstructorDecl; 73 class CXXConversionDecl; 74 class CXXDestructorDecl; 75 class CXXFieldCollector; 76 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 77 class CXXMethodDecl; 78 class CXXScopeSpec; 79 class CXXTemporary; 80 class CXXTryStmt; 81 class CallExpr; 82 class ClassTemplateDecl; 83 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 84 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 85 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 86 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 87 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 88 class CodeCompletionResult; 89 class Decl; 90 class DeclAccessPair; 91 class DeclContext; 92 class DeclRefExpr; 93 class DeclaratorDecl; 94 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 95 class DependentDiagnostic; 96 class DesignatedInitExpr; 97 class Designation; 98 class EnumConstantDecl; 99 class Expr; 100 class ExtVectorType; 101 class ExternalSemaSource; 102 class FormatAttr; 103 class FriendDecl; 104 class FunctionDecl; 105 class FunctionProtoType; 106 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 107 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 108 class InitListExpr; 109 class InitializationKind; 110 class InitializationSequence; 111 class InitializedEntity; 112 class IntegerLiteral; 113 class LabelStmt; 114 class LambdaExpr; 115 class LangOptions; 116 class LocalInstantiationScope; 117 class LookupResult; 118 class MacroInfo; 119 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 120 class NamedDecl; 121 class NonNullAttr; 122 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 123 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 124 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 125 class ObjCContainerDecl; 126 class ObjCImplDecl; 127 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 128 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 129 class ObjCIvarDecl; 130 template <class T> class ObjCList; 131 class ObjCMessageExpr; 132 class ObjCMethodDecl; 133 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 134 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 135 class OverloadCandidateSet; 136 class OverloadExpr; 137 class ParenListExpr; 138 class ParmVarDecl; 139 class Preprocessor; 140 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 141 class PseudoObjectExpr; 142 class QualType; 143 class StandardConversionSequence; 144 class Stmt; 145 class StringLiteral; 146 class SwitchStmt; 147 class TargetAttributesSema; 148 class TemplateArgument; 149 class TemplateArgumentList; 150 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 151 class TemplateDecl; 152 class TemplateParameterList; 153 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 154 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 155 class Token; 156 class TypeAliasDecl; 157 class TypedefDecl; 158 class TypedefNameDecl; 159 class TypeLoc; 160 class UnqualifiedId; 161 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 162 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 163 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 164 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 165 class UsingDecl; 166 class UsingShadowDecl; 167 class ValueDecl; 168 class VarDecl; 169 class VisibilityAttr; 170 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 171 class IndirectFieldDecl; 172 173namespace sema { 174 class AccessedEntity; 175 class BlockScopeInfo; 176 class CapturingScopeInfo; 177 class CompoundScopeInfo; 178 class DelayedDiagnostic; 179 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 180 class FunctionScopeInfo; 181 class LambdaScopeInfo; 182 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 183 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 184} 185 186// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 187// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 188typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 189 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 190 191/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 192class Sema { 193 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 194 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 195 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 196 197 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 198 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 199 200 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 201 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 202 203public: 204 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 205 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 206 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 207 208 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 209 FPOptions FPFeatures; 210 211 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 212 Preprocessor &PP; 213 ASTContext &Context; 214 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 215 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 216 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 217 218 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 219 bool CollectStats; 220 221 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 222 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 223 224 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 225 DeclContext *CurContext; 226 227 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 228 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 229 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 230 231 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 232 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 233 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 234 235 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 236 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 237 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 238 239 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 240 241 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 242 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 243 244 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 245 /// 246 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 247 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 248 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 249 250 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 251 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 252 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 253 254 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 255 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 256 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 257 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 258 259 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 260 261 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 262 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 263 /// 264 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 265 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 266 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 267 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 268 269 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 270 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 271 ExtVectorDeclsType; 272 273 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 274 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 275 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 276 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 277 278 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 279 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 280 281 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 282 283 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 284 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 285 286 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 287 288 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 289 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 290 /// same list more than once. 291 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 292 293 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 294 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 295 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 296 297 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 298 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 299 /// 300 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 301 /// scopes, e.g., 302 /// 303 /// \code 304 /// extern "C" void f() { 305 /// void foo(int, int); 306 /// } 307 /// \endcode 308 /// 309 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 310 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 311 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 312 /// 313 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 314 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 315 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 316 /// for compatibility. 317 /// 318 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 319 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 320 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 321 /// not visible. 322 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 323 324 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 325 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 326 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 327 328 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 329 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 330 TentativeDefinitionsType; 331 332 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 333 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 334 335 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 336 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 337 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 338 339 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 340 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 341 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 342 343 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 344 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 345 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 346 347 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 348 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 349 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 350 351 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 352 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 353 /// exception spec. 354 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 355 356 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 357 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 358 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 359 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 360 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 361 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 362 363 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 364 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 365 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 366 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 367 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 368 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 369 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 370 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 371 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 372 373 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 374 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 375 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 376 void *OpaqueParser; 377 378 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 379 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 380 OpaqueParser = P; 381 } 382 383 class DelayedDiagnostics; 384 385 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 386 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 387 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 388 }; 389 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 390 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 391 392 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 393 /// during parsing and other processing. 394 class DelayedDiagnostics { 395 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 396 /// diagnostics should go. 397 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 398 399 public: 400 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 401 402 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 403 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 404 405 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 406 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 407 408 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 409 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 410 return CurPool; 411 } 412 413 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 414 /// collected in this pool. 415 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 416 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 417 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 418 CurPool = &pool; 419 return state; 420 } 421 422 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 423 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 424 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 425 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 426 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 427 } 428 429 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 430 /// not delayed. 431 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 432 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 433 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 434 CurPool = 0; 435 return state; 436 } 437 438 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 439 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 440 assert(CurPool == NULL); 441 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 442 } 443 } DelayedDiagnostics; 444 445 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 446 class ContextRAII { 447 private: 448 Sema &S; 449 DeclContext *SavedContext; 450 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 451 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 452 453 public: 454 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 455 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 456 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 457 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 458 { 459 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 460 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 461 } 462 463 void pop() { 464 if (!SavedContext) return; 465 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 466 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 467 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 468 SavedContext = 0; 469 } 470 471 ~ContextRAII() { 472 pop(); 473 } 474 }; 475 476 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 477 /// a function body. 478 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 479 Sema &S; 480 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 481 482 public: 483 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 484 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 485 { 486 S.PushFunctionScope(); 487 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 488 } 489 490 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 491 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 492 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 493 } 494 }; 495 496 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 497 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 498 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 499 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 500 501 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 502 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 503 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 504 /// in the currently selected standard. 505 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 506 507 508 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 509 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 510 511 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 512 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 513 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 514 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 515 /// It would be best to refactor this. 516 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 517 518 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 519 520 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 521 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 522 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 523 Scope *TUScope; 524 525 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 526 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 527 528 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 529 /// standard library. 530 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 531 532 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 533 /// \<initializer_list>. 534 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 535 536 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 537 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 538 539 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 540 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 541 542 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 543 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 544 545 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 546 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 547 548 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 549 QualType NSNumberPointer; 550 551 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 552 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 553 554 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 555 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 556 557 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 558 QualType NSStringPointer; 559 560 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 561 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 565 566 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 567 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 568 569 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 570 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 571 572 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 573 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 574 575 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 576 QualType QIDNSCopying; 577 578 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 579 /// have been declared. 580 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 581 582 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 583 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 584 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 585 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 586 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 587 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 588 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 589 /// run time. 590 Unevaluated, 591 592 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 593 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 594 /// cases in a switch statment). 595 ConstantEvaluated, 596 597 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 598 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 599 /// expression at run time. 600 PotentiallyEvaluated, 601 602 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 603 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 604 /// in fact the current expression is used. 605 /// 606 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 607 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 608 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 609 /// until the default argument is used. 610 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 611 }; 612 613 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 614 /// expression evaluation contexts. 615 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 616 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 617 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 618 619 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 620 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 621 622 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 623 bool IsDecltype; 624 625 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 626 /// this expression evaluation context. 627 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 628 629 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 630 631 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 632 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 633 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 634 635 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 636 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 637 /// default function argument. 638 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 639 640 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 641 /// within this context. 642 /// 643 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 644 /// do not have lambda expressions. 645 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 646 647 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 648 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 649 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 650 651 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 652 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 653 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 654 655 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 656 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 657 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 658 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 659 bool IsDecltype) 660 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 661 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 662 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 663 664 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 665 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 666 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 667 if (!LambdaMangle) 668 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 669 return *LambdaMangle; 670 } 671 }; 672 673 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 674 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 675 676 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 677 /// function. 678 /// 679 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 680 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 681 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 682 public: 683 enum Kind { 684 NoMemberOrDeleted, 685 Ambiguous, 686 Success 687 }; 688 689 private: 690 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 691 692 public: 693 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 694 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 695 {} 696 697 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 698 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 699 700 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 701 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 702 }; 703 704 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 705 /// for C++ records. 706 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 707 708 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 709 /// 710 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 711 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 712 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 713 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 714 /// checks. 715 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 716 717 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 718 719 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 720 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 721 722 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 723 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 724 725 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 726 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 727 /// 728 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 729 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 730 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 731 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 732 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 733 734 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 735 // argument locations. 736 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 737 738 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 739 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 740 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 741 742 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 743 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 744 745 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 746 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 747 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 748 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 749 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 750 751 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 752 /// of -Wselector. 753 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 754 755 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 756 enum CXXSpecialMember { 757 CXXDefaultConstructor, 758 CXXCopyConstructor, 759 CXXMoveConstructor, 760 CXXCopyAssignment, 761 CXXMoveAssignment, 762 CXXDestructor, 763 CXXInvalid 764 }; 765 766 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 767 768 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 769 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 770 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 771 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 772 773 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 774 775 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 776 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 777 778 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 779 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 780 /// should not be used elsewhere. 781 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 782 783 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 784 /// statements. 785 class FPContractStateRAII { 786 public: 787 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 788 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 789 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 790 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 791 } 792 private: 793 Sema& S; 794 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 795 }; 796 797public: 798 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 799 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 800 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 801 ~Sema(); 802 803 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 804 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 805 void Initialize(); 806 807 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 808 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 809 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 810 811 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 812 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 813 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 814 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 815 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 816 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 817 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 818 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 819 820 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 821 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 822 /// 823 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 824 /// 825 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 826 827 void PrintStats() const; 828 829 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 830 /// template instantiation stacks. 831 /// 832 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 833 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 834 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 835 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 836 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 837 /// well. 838 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 839 Sema &SemaRef; 840 unsigned DiagID; 841 842 public: 843 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 844 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 845 846 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 847 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 848 if (!isActive()) return; 849 850 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 851 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 852 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 853 // 854 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 855 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 856 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 857 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 858 // eliminate that code. 859 FlushCounts(); 860 Clear(); 861 862 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 863 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 864 } 865 }; 866 867 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 868 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 869 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 870 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 871 } 872 873 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 874 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 875 876 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 877 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 878 879 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 880 881 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 882 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 883 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 884 885 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 886 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 887 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 888 889 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 890 891 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 892 893 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 894 895 void PushFunctionScope(); 896 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 897 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 898 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 899 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 900 901 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 902 return FunctionScopes.back(); 903 } 904 905 void PushCompoundScope(); 906 void PopCompoundScope(); 907 908 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 909 910 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 911 912 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 913 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 914 915 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 916 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 917 918 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 919 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 920 921 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 922 923 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 924 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 925 // 926 927 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 928 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 929 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 930 } 931 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 932 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 933 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 934 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 935 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 936 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 937 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 938 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 939 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 940 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 941 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 942 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 943 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 944 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 945 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 946 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 947 SourceLocation Loc, 948 DeclarationName Entity); 949 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 950 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 951 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 952 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 953 954 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 955 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 956 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 957 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 958 959 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 960 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 961 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 962 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 963 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 964 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 965 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 966 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 967 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 968 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 969 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 970 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 971 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 972 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 973 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 974 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 975 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 976 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 977 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 978 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 979 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 980 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 981 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 982 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 983 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 984 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 985 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 986 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 987 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 988 989 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 990 991 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 992 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 993 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 994 995 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 996 struct TypeDiagnoser { 997 bool Suppressed; 998 999 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1000 1001 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1002 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1003 }; 1004 1005 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1006 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1007 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1008 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1009 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1010 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1011 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1012 return II; 1013 } 1014 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1015 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1016 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1017 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1018 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1019 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1020 1021 template<typename T1> 1022 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1023 unsigned DiagID; 1024 const T1 &Arg1; 1025 1026 public: 1027 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1028 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1029 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1030 if (Suppressed) return; 1031 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1032 } 1033 1034 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1035 }; 1036 1037 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1038 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1039 unsigned DiagID; 1040 const T1 &Arg1; 1041 const T2 &Arg2; 1042 1043 public: 1044 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1045 const T2 &Arg2) 1046 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1047 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1048 1049 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1050 if (Suppressed) return; 1051 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1052 } 1053 1054 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1055 }; 1056 1057 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1058 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1059 unsigned DiagID; 1060 const T1 &Arg1; 1061 const T2 &Arg2; 1062 const T3 &Arg3; 1063 1064 public: 1065 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1066 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1067 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1068 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1069 1070 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1071 if (Suppressed) return; 1072 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1073 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1074 } 1075 1076 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1077 }; 1078 1079 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1080 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1081 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1082 unsigned DiagID); 1083 1084 template<typename T1> 1085 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1086 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1087 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1088 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1089 } 1090 1091 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1092 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1093 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1094 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1095 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1096 } 1097 1098 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1099 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1100 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1101 const T3 &Arg3) { 1102 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1103 Arg3); 1104 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1105 } 1106 1107 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1108 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1109 1110 template<typename T1> 1111 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1112 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1113 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1114 } 1115 1116 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1117 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1118 const T2 &Arg2) { 1119 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1120 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1121 } 1122 1123 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1124 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1125 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1126 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1127 Arg3); 1128 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1129 } 1130 1131 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1132 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1133 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1134 1135 template<typename T1> 1136 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1137 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1138 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1139 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1140 } 1141 1142 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1143 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1144 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1145 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1146 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1147 } 1148 1149 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1150 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1151 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1152 const T3 &Arg3) { 1153 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1154 Arg3); 1155 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1156 } 1157 1158 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1159 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1160 1161 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1162 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1163 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1164 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1165 SourceLocation Loc); 1166 1167 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1168 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1169 // 1170 1171 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1172 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1173 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1174 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1175 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1176 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1177 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1178 /// such as: 1179 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1180 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1181 1182 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1183 1184 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1185 1186 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1187 1188 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1189 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1190 bool isClassName = false, 1191 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1192 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1193 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1194 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1195 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1196 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1197 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1198 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1199 SourceLocation IILoc, 1200 Scope *S, 1201 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1202 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1203 1204 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1205 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1206 enum NameClassificationKind { 1207 NC_Unknown, 1208 NC_Error, 1209 NC_Keyword, 1210 NC_Type, 1211 NC_Expression, 1212 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1213 NC_TypeTemplate, 1214 NC_FunctionTemplate 1215 }; 1216 1217 class NameClassification { 1218 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1219 ExprResult Expr; 1220 TemplateName Template; 1221 ParsedType Type; 1222 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1223 1224 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1225 1226 public: 1227 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1228 1229 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1230 1231 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1232 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1233 1234 static NameClassification Error() { 1235 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1236 } 1237 1238 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1239 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1240 } 1241 1242 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1243 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1244 } 1245 1246 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1247 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1248 Result.Template = Name; 1249 return Result; 1250 } 1251 1252 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1253 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1254 Result.Template = Name; 1255 return Result; 1256 } 1257 1258 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1259 1260 ParsedType getType() const { 1261 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1262 return Type; 1263 } 1264 1265 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1266 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1267 return Expr; 1268 } 1269 1270 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1271 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1272 return Template; 1273 } 1274 1275 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1276 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1277 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1278 } 1279 }; 1280 1281 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1282 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1283 /// 1284 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1285 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1286 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1287 /// 1288 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1289 /// 1290 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1291 /// 1292 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1293 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1294 /// 1295 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1296 /// 1297 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1298 /// disambiguate the name. 1299 /// 1300 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1301 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1302 /// expression. 1303 /// 1304 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1305 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1306 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1307 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1308 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1309 const Token &NextToken, 1310 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1311 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1312 1313 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1314 1315 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1316 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1317 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1318 const LookupResult &Previous, 1319 Scope *S); 1320 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1321 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1322 DeclarationName Name, 1323 SourceLocation Loc); 1324 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1325 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1326 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1327 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1328 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1329 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1330 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1331 LookupResult &Previous); 1332 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1333 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1334 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1335 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1336 LookupResult &Previous, 1337 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1338 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1339 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1340 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1341 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1342 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1343 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1344 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1345 LookupResult &Previous, 1346 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1347 bool &AddToScope); 1348 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1349 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1350 1351 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1352 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1353 1354 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1355 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1356 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1357 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1358 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1359 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1360 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1361 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1362 SourceLocation Loc, 1363 QualType T); 1364 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1365 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1366 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1367 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1368 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1369 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1370 Expr *defarg); 1371 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1372 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1373 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1374 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1375 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1376 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1377 1378 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1379 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1380 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1381 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1382 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1383 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1384 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1385 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1386 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1387 Decl **Group, 1388 unsigned NumDecls); 1389 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1390 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1391 1392 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1393 /// documentation comments. 1394 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1395 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1396 1397 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1398 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1399 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1400 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1401 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1402 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1403 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1404 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1405 } 1406 1407 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1408 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1409 /// code for that function. 1410 /// 1411 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1412 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1413 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1414 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1415 1416 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1417 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1418 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1419 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1420 1421 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1422 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1423 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1424 1425 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1426 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1427 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1428 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1429 1430 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1431 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1432 /// specified threshold. 1433 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1434 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1435 QualType ReturnTy, 1436 NamedDecl *D); 1437 1438 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1439 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1440 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1441 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1442 1443 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1444 /// 1445 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1446 /// 1447 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1448 /// 1449 /// \param Path The module access path. 1450 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1451 ModuleIdPath Path); 1452 1453 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1454 /// source location. 1455 /// 1456 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1457 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1458 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1459 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1460 1461 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1462 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1463 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1464 } 1465 1466 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1467 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1468 const Preprocessor &PP); 1469 1470 /// Scope actions. 1471 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1472 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1473 1474 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1475 DeclSpec &DS); 1476 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1477 DeclSpec &DS, 1478 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1479 1480 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1481 AccessSpecifier AS, 1482 RecordDecl *Record); 1483 1484 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1485 RecordDecl *Record); 1486 1487 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1488 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1489 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1490 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1491 1492 enum TagUseKind { 1493 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1494 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1495 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1496 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1497 }; 1498 1499 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1500 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1501 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1502 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1503 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1504 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1505 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1506 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1507 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1508 1509 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1510 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1511 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1512 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1513 AttributeList *Attr, 1514 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1515 1516 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1517 unsigned TagSpec, 1518 TagUseKind TUK, 1519 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1520 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1521 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1522 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1523 1524 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1525 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1526 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1527 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1528 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1529 1530 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1531 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1532 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1533 AccessSpecifier AS); 1534 1535 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1536 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1537 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1538 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1539 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1540 SourceLocation TSSL, 1541 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1542 Declarator *D = 0); 1543 1544 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1545 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1546 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1547 bool Diagnose = false); 1548 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1549 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1550 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1551 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1552 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1553 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1554 1555 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1556 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1557 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1558 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1559 AttributeList *AttrList); 1560 1561 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1562 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1563 /// struct, or union). 1564 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1565 1566 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1567 1568 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1569 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1570 /// member declarations. 1571 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1572 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1573 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1574 1575 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1576 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1577 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1578 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1579 1580 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1581 1582 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1583 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1584 /// 1585 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1586 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1587 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1588 1589 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1590 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1591 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1592 1593 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1594 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1595 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1596 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1597 Expr *val); 1598 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1599 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1600 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1601 1602 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1603 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1604 AttributeList *Attrs, 1605 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1606 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1607 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1608 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1609 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1610 1611 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1612 1613 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1614 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1615 void PopDeclContext(); 1616 1617 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1618 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1619 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1620 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1621 1622 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1623 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1624 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1625 1626 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1627 1628 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1629 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1630 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1631 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1632 1633 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1634 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1635 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1636 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1637 1638 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1639 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1640 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1641 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1642 1643 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1644 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1645 1646 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1647 /// top level scope. 1648 /// 1649 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1650 /// 1651 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1652 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1653 1654 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1655 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1656 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1657 /// 1658 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1659 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1660 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1661 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1662 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1663 1664 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1665 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1666 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1667 1668 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1669 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1670 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1671 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1672 1673 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1674 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1675 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1676 VersionTuple Introduced, 1677 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1678 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1679 bool IsUnavailable, 1680 StringRef Message, 1681 bool Override); 1682 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1683 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1684 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1685 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1686 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1687 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1688 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1689 bool mergeDeclAttribute(NamedDecl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1690 bool Override); 1691 1692 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1693 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1694 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1695 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1696 AMK_None, 1697 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1698 /// an exact match. 1699 AMK_Redeclaration, 1700 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1701 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1702 AMK_Override 1703 }; 1704 1705 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1706 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1707 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1708 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1709 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1710 Scope *S); 1711 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1712 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1713 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1714 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1715 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1716 1717 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1718 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1719 enum AssignmentAction { 1720 AA_Assigning, 1721 AA_Passing, 1722 AA_Returning, 1723 AA_Converting, 1724 AA_Initializing, 1725 AA_Sending, 1726 AA_Casting 1727 }; 1728 1729 /// C++ Overloading. 1730 enum OverloadKind { 1731 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1732 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1733 Ovl_Overload, 1734 1735 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1736 /// an existing declaration. 1737 Ovl_Match, 1738 1739 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1740 /// non-function. 1741 Ovl_NonFunction 1742 }; 1743 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1744 FunctionDecl *New, 1745 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1746 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1747 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1748 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1749 1750 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1751 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1752 /// 1753 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1754 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1755 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1756 1757 ImplicitConversionSequence 1758 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1759 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1760 bool AllowExplicit, 1761 bool InOverloadResolution, 1762 bool CStyle, 1763 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1764 1765 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1766 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1767 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1768 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1769 bool InOverloadResolution, 1770 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1771 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1772 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1773 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1774 QualType &ConvertedType); 1775 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1776 QualType& ConvertedType); 1777 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1778 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1779 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1780 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1781 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1782 1783 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1784 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1785 CastKind &Kind, 1786 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1787 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1788 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1789 bool InOverloadResolution, 1790 QualType &ConvertedType); 1791 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1792 CastKind &Kind, 1793 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1794 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1795 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1796 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1797 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1798 QualType &ResultTy); 1799 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1800 1801 1802 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1803 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1804 QualType ResultType, 1805 Expr *Value, 1806 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1807 1808 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1809 ExprResult Init); 1810 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1811 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1812 ExprResult Init, 1813 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1814 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1815 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1816 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1817 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1818 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1819 1820 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1821 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1822 1823 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1824 enum CCEKind { 1825 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1826 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1827 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1828 }; 1829 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1830 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1831 1832 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1833 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1834 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1835 public: 1836 bool Suppress; 1837 bool SuppressConversion; 1838 1839 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1840 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1841 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1842 1843 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1844 /// integral or enumeration type. 1845 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1846 QualType T) = 0; 1847 1848 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1849 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1850 QualType T) = 0; 1851 1852 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1853 /// is explicit. 1854 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1855 QualType T, 1856 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1857 1858 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1859 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1860 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1861 1862 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1863 /// functions. 1864 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1865 QualType T) = 0; 1866 1867 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1868 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1869 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1870 1871 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1872 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1873 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1874 QualType T, 1875 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1876 1877 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1878 }; 1879 1880 ExprResult 1881 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1882 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1883 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1884 1885 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1886 OS_Array, 1887 OS_Dictionary, 1888 OS_Error 1889 }; 1890 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1891 1892 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1893 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1894 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1895 LK_Array, 1896 LK_Dictionary, 1897 LK_Numeric, 1898 LK_Boxed, 1899 LK_String, 1900 LK_Block, 1901 LK_None 1902 }; 1903 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 1904 1905 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1906 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1907 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1908 NamedDecl *Member); 1909 1910 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1911 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1912 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1913 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1914 1915 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1916 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1917 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1918 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1919 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1920 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1921 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1922 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1923 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1924 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1925 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1926 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1927 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1928 QualType ObjectType, 1929 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1930 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1931 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1932 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1933 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1934 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1935 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1936 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1937 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1938 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1939 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1940 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1941 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1942 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1943 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1944 QualType ObjectType, 1945 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1946 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1947 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1948 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1949 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1950 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1951 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1952 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1953 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1954 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1955 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1956 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1957 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1958 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1959 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1960 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1961 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1962 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1963 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1964 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1965 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1966 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1967 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1968 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1969 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1970 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1971 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1972 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1973 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1974 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1975 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1976 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1977 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1978 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1979 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1980 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1981 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1982 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1983 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1984 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1985 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1986 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1987 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1988 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1989 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1990 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1991 1992 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1993 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1994 1995 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1996 // identified by the expression Expr 1997 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1998 1999 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2000 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2001 // R (A) --> R(A) 2002 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2003 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2004 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2005 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2006 2007 FunctionDecl * 2008 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2009 QualType TargetType, 2010 bool Complain, 2011 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2012 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2013 2014 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2015 bool Complain = false, 2016 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2017 2018 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2019 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2020 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2021 bool Complain = false, 2022 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2023 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2024 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2025 2026 2027 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2028 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2029 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2030 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2031 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2032 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2033 2034 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2035 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2036 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2037 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2038 2039 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2040 // range-based for loop. 2041 enum ForRangeStatus { 2042 FRS_Success, 2043 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2044 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2045 }; 2046 2047 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2048 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2049 enum BeginEndFunction { 2050 BEF_begin, 2051 BEF_end 2052 }; 2053 2054 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2055 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2056 VarDecl *Decl, 2057 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2058 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2059 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2060 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2061 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2062 2063 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2064 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2065 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2066 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2067 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2068 Expr *ExecConfig, 2069 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2070 2071 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2072 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2073 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2074 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2075 ExprResult *Result); 2076 2077 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2078 unsigned Opc, 2079 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2080 Expr *input); 2081 2082 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2083 unsigned Opc, 2084 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2085 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2086 2087 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2088 SourceLocation RLoc, 2089 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2090 2091 ExprResult 2092 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2093 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2094 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2095 ExprResult 2096 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2097 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2098 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2099 2100 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2101 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2102 2103 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2104 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2105 /// that best represents the call. 2106 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2107 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2108 2109 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2110 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2111 bool CheckParameterNames); 2112 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2113 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2114 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2115 2116 /// \name Name lookup 2117 /// 2118 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2119 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2120 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2121 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2122 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2123 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2124 /// 2125 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2126 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2127 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2128 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2129 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2130 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2131 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2132 /// 2133 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2134 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2135 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2136 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2137 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2138 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2139 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2140 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2141 //@{ 2142 2143 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2144 enum LookupNameKind { 2145 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2146 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2147 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2148 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2149 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2150 /// structs, and unions. 2151 LookupTagName, 2152 /// Label name lookup. 2153 LookupLabel, 2154 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2155 /// class/struct/union members. 2156 LookupMemberName, 2157 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2158 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2159 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2160 LookupOperatorName, 2161 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2162 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2163 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2164 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2165 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2166 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2167 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2168 LookupNamespaceName, 2169 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2170 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2171 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2172 LookupUsingDeclName, 2173 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2174 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2175 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2176 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2177 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2178 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2179 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2180 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2181 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2182 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2183 LookupAnyName 2184 }; 2185 2186 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2187 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2188 enum RedeclarationKind { 2189 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2190 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2191 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2192 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2193 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2194 ForRedeclaration 2195 }; 2196 2197 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2198 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2199 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2200 LOLR_Error, 2201 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2202 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2203 LOLR_Cooked, 2204 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2205 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2206 LOLR_Raw, 2207 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2208 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2209 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2210 LOLR_Template 2211 }; 2212 2213 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2214 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2215 bool ConstArg, 2216 bool VolatileArg, 2217 bool RValueThis, 2218 bool ConstThis, 2219 bool VolatileThis); 2220 2221private: 2222 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2223 2224 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2225 // 2226 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2227 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2228 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2229 2230 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2231 /// source. 2232 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2233 2234public: 2235 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2236 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2237 /// 2238 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2239 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2240 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2241 SourceLocation Loc, 2242 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2243 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2244 = NotForRedeclaration); 2245 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2246 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2247 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2248 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2249 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2250 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2251 bool EnteringContext = false); 2252 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2253 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2254 = NotForRedeclaration); 2255 2256 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2257 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2258 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2259 2260 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2261 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2262 2263 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2264 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2265 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2266 unsigned Quals); 2267 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2268 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2269 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2270 unsigned Quals); 2271 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2272 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2273 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2274 2275 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2276 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2277 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2278 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2279 2280 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2281 SourceLocation Loc, 2282 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2283 ADLResult &Functions); 2284 2285 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2286 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2287 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2288 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2289 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2290 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2291 2292 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2293 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2294 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2295 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2296 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2297 bool EnteringContext = false, 2298 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2299 2300 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2301 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2302 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2303 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2304 2305 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2306 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2307 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2308 2309 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2310 //@} 2311 2312 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2313 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2314 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2315 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2316 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2317 SourceLocation Loc); 2318 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2319 Scope *S); 2320 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2321 2322 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2323 2324 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2325 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2326 bool NonInheritable = true, 2327 bool Inheritable = true); 2328 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2329 bool NonInheritable = true, 2330 bool Inheritable = true, 2331 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2332 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2333 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2334 2335 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2336 2337 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2338 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2339 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2340 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2341 2342 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2343 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2344 SourceRange Range); 2345 2346 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2347 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2348 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2349 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2350 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2351 2352 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2353 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2354 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2355 2356 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2357 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2358 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2359 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2360 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2361 2362 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2363 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2364 2365 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2366 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2367 2368 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2369 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2370 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2371 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2372 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2373 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2374 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2375 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2376 2377 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2378 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2379 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2380 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2381 SourceLocation Loc); 2382 2383 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2384 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2385 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2386 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2387 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2388 2389 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2390 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2391 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2392 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2393 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2394 2395 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2396 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2397 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2398 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2399 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2400 2401 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2402 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2403 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2404 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2405 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2406 2407 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2408 /// class extensions. 2409 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2410 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2411 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2412 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2413 Selector GetterSel, 2414 Selector SetterSel, 2415 const bool isAssign, 2416 const bool isReadWrite, 2417 const unsigned Attributes, 2418 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2419 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2420 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2421 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2422 2423 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2424 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2425 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2426 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2427 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2428 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2429 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2430 Selector GetterSel, 2431 Selector SetterSel, 2432 const bool isAssign, 2433 const bool isReadWrite, 2434 const unsigned Attributes, 2435 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2436 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2437 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2438 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2439 2440 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2441 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2442 /// setter or getter. 2443 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2444 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2445 2446 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2447 2448 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2449 2450 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2451 MMS_loose, 2452 MMS_strict 2453 }; 2454 2455 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2456 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2457 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2458 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2459 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2460 2461 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2462 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2463 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2464 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2465 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2466 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2467 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2468 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2469 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2470 bool ImmediateClass, 2471 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2472 2473 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2474 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2475 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2476 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2477 2478 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2479 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2480 2481private: 2482 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2483 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2484 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2485 2486 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2487 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2488 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2489 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2490 bool warn, bool instance); 2491 2492public: 2493 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2494 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2495 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2496 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2497 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2498 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2499 } 2500 2501 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2502 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2503 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2504 } 2505 2506 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2507 /// pool. 2508 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2509 2510 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2511 /// there are multiple signatures. 2512 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2513 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2514 bool warn=true) { 2515 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2516 warn, /*instance*/true); 2517 } 2518 2519 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2520 /// there are multiple signatures. 2521 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2522 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2523 bool warn=true) { 2524 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2525 warn, /*instance*/false); 2526 } 2527 2528 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2529 /// implementation. 2530 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2531 2532 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2533 /// initialization. 2534 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2535 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2536 2537 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2538 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2539public: 2540 class FullExprArg { 2541 public: 2542 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2543 2544 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2545 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2546 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2547 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2548 2549 ExprResult release() { 2550 return E; 2551 } 2552 2553 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2554 2555 Expr *operator->() { 2556 return E; 2557 } 2558 2559 private: 2560 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2561 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2562 friend class Sema; 2563 2564 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2565 2566 Expr *E; 2567 }; 2568 2569 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2570 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2571 } 2572 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2573 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2574 } 2575 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2576 ExprResult FE = 2577 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2578 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2579 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2580 } 2581 2582 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2583 2584 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2585 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2586 2587 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2588 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2589 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2590 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2591 bool isStmtExpr); 2592 2593 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2594 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2595 public: 2596 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2597 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2598 } 2599 2600 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2601 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2602 } 2603 2604 private: 2605 Sema &S; 2606 }; 2607 2608 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2609 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2610 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2611 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2612 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2613 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2614 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2615 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2616 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2617 2618 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2619 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2620 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2621 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2622 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2623 2624 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2625 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2626 Stmt *SubStmt); 2627 2628 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2629 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2630 Stmt *ThenVal, 2631 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2632 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2633 Expr *Cond, 2634 Decl *CondVar); 2635 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2636 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2637 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2638 FullExprArg Cond, 2639 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2640 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2641 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2642 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2643 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2644 2645 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2646 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2647 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2648 Decl *SecondVar, 2649 FullExprArg Third, 2650 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2651 Stmt *Body); 2652 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2653 Expr *collection); 2654 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2655 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2656 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2657 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2658 2659 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2660 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2661 BFRK_Build, 2662 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2663 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2664 BFRK_Rebuild, 2665 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2666 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2667 BFRK_Check 2668 }; 2669 2670 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2671 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2672 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2673 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2674 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2675 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2676 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2677 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2678 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2679 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2680 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2681 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2682 2683 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2684 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2685 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2686 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2687 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2688 Expr *DestExp); 2689 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2690 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2691 2692 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2693 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2694 2695 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2696 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2697 2698 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2699 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2700 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2701 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2702 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2703 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2704 2705 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2706 unsigned &Length, unsigned &Size, 2707 unsigned &Type, bool &IsVarDecl); 2708 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2709 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2710 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2711 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2712 2713 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2714 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2715 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2716 bool Invalid = false); 2717 2718 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2719 2720 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2721 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2722 2723 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2724 2725 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2726 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2727 2728 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2729 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2730 Scope *CurScope); 2731 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2732 Expr *operand); 2733 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2734 Expr *SynchExpr, 2735 Stmt *SynchBody); 2736 2737 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2738 2739 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2740 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2741 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2742 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2743 2744 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2745 2746 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2747 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2748 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2749 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2750 2751 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2752 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2753 Stmt *TryBlock, 2754 Stmt *Handler); 2755 2756 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2757 Expr *FilterExpr, 2758 Stmt *Block); 2759 2760 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2761 Stmt *Block); 2762 2763 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2764 2765 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2766 2767 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2768 /// of it. 2769 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2770 2771 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2772 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2773 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2774 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2775 2776 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2777 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2778 /// 2779 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2780 /// if (condition); 2781 /// do_stuff(); 2782 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2783 const Stmt *Body, 2784 unsigned DiagID); 2785 2786 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2787 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2788 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2789 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2790 2791 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2792 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2793 } 2794 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2795 2796 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2797 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2798 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2799 } 2800 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2801 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2802 } 2803 2804 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2805 2806 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2807 SourceLocation Loc, 2808 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2809 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2810 2811 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2812 2813 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2814 StringRef message); 2815 2816 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2817 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2818 2819 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2820 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2821 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2822 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2823 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2824 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2825 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2826 SourceLocation Loc); 2827 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2828 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2829 2830 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2831 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2832 bool IsDecltype = false); 2833 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2834 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2835 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2836 bool IsDecltype = false); 2837 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2838 2839 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2840 2841 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2842 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2843 2844 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2845 2846 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2847 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2848 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2849 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2850 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2851 // named expressions. 2852 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2853 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2854 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2855 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2856 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2857 2858 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2859 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2860 2861 enum TryCaptureKind { 2862 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2863 }; 2864 2865 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2866 /// 2867 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2868 /// 2869 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2870 /// 2871 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2872 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2873 /// 2874 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2875 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2876 /// 2877 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2878 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2879 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2880 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2881 /// 2882 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2883 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2884 /// variable can be captured. 2885 /// 2886 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2887 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2888 /// captured. 2889 /// 2890 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2891 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2892 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2893 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2894 QualType &CaptureType, 2895 QualType &DeclRefType); 2896 2897 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2898 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2899 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2900 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2901 2902 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2903 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2904 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2905 2906 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2907 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2908 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2909 2910 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2911 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2912 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2913 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2914 bool ForceComplain = false, 2915 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2916 2917 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2918 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2919 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2920 2921 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2922 /// evaluation context. 2923 /// 2924 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2925 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2926 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2927 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2928 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2929 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2930 2931 // Primary Expressions. 2932 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2933 2934 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2935 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2936 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2937 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2938 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2939 2940 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2941 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2942 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2943 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2944 2945 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2946 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2947 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2948 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2949 2950 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2951 IdentifierInfo *II, 2952 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2953 2954 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2955 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2956 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2957 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2958 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2959 2960 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2961 ExprValueKind VK, 2962 SourceLocation Loc, 2963 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2964 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2965 ExprValueKind VK, 2966 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2967 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2968 ExprResult 2969 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2970 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2971 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2972 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2973 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2974 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2975 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2976 LookupResult &R, 2977 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2978 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2979 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2980 LookupResult &R, 2981 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2982 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2983 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2984 const LookupResult &R, 2985 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2986 2987 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2988 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2989 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 2990 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2991 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2992 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2993 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2994 2995 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2996 LookupResult &R, 2997 bool NeedsADL); 2998 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2999 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3000 NamedDecl *D); 3001 3002 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3003 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3004 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3005 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3006 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3007 3008 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3009 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3010 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3011 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3012 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3013 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3014 SourceLocation R, 3015 MultiExprArg Val); 3016 3017 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3018 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3019 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3020 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3021 3022 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3023 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3024 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3025 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3026 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3027 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3028 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3029 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3030 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3031 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3032 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3033 Expr **Exprs, 3034 unsigned NumAssocs); 3035 3036 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3037 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3038 Expr *InputExpr); 3039 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3040 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3041 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3042 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3043 3044 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3045 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3046 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3047 SourceRange R); 3048 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3049 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3050 ExprResult 3051 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3052 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3053 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3054 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3055 3056 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3057 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3058 3059 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3060 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3061 SourceRange ExprRange, 3062 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3063 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3064 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3065 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3066 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3067 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3068 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3069 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3070 3071 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3072 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3073 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3074 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3075 3076 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3077 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3078 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3079 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3080 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3081 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3082 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3083 3084 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3085 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3086 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3087 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3088 // defines a custom operator->). 3089 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3090 Scope *S; 3091 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3092 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3093 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3094 }; 3095 3096 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3097 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3098 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3099 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3100 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3101 LookupResult &R, 3102 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3103 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3104 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3105 3106 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3107 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3108 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3109 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3110 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3111 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3112 3113 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3114 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3115 const LookupResult &R); 3116 3117 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3118 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3119 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3120 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3121 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3122 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3123 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3124 3125 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3126 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3127 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3128 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3129 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3130 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3131 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3132 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3133 3134 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3135 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3136 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3137 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3138 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3139 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3140 bool ExecConfig = false); 3141 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3142 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3143 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3144 3145 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3146 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3147 /// locations. 3148 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3149 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3150 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3151 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3152 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3153 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3154 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3155 Expr *Config = 0, 3156 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3157 3158 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3159 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3160 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3161 3162 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3163 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3164 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3165 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3166 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3167 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3168 Expr *Op); 3169 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3170 3171 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3172 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3173 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3174 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3175 3176 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3177 3178 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3179 ParsedType Ty, 3180 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3181 Expr *InitExpr); 3182 3183 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3184 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3185 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3186 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3187 3188 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3189 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3190 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3191 3192 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3193 SourceLocation Loc, 3194 bool GNUSyntax, 3195 ExprResult Init); 3196 3197 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3198 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3199 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3200 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3201 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3202 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3203 3204 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3205 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3206 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3207 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3208 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3209 3210 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3211 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3212 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3213 3214 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3215 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3216 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3217 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3218 3219 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3220 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3221 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3222 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3223 union { 3224 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3225 Expr *E; 3226 } U; 3227 }; 3228 3229 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3230 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3231 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3232 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3233 unsigned NumComponents, 3234 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3235 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3236 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3237 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3238 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3239 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3240 unsigned NumComponents, 3241 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3242 3243 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3244 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3245 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3246 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3247 3248 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3249 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3250 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3251 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3252 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3253 3254 // __null 3255 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3256 3257 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3258 3259 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3260 enum IfExistsResult { 3261 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3262 IER_Exists, 3263 3264 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3265 IER_DoesNotExist, 3266 3267 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3268 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3269 IER_Dependent, 3270 3271 /// \brief An error occurred. 3272 IER_Error 3273 }; 3274 3275 IfExistsResult 3276 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3277 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3278 3279 IfExistsResult 3280 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3281 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3282 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3283 3284 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3285 bool IsIfExists, 3286 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3287 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3288 Stmt *Nested); 3289 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3290 bool IsIfExists, 3291 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3292 Stmt *Nested); 3293 3294 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3295 3296 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3297 /// started. 3298 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3299 3300 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3301 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3302 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3303 Scope *CurScope); 3304 3305 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3306 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3307 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3308 3309 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3310 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3311 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3312 Scope *CurScope); 3313 3314 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3315 3316 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3317 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3318 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3319 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3320 3321 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3322 3323 // Act on C++ namespaces 3324 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3325 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3326 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3327 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3328 SourceLocation LBrace, 3329 AttributeList *AttrList); 3330 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3331 3332 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3333 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3334 3335 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3336 3337 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3338 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3339 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3340 3341 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3342 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3343 /// 3344 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3345 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3346 3347 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3348 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3349 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3350 3351 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3352 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3353 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3354 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3355 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3356 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3357 AttributeList *AttrList); 3358 3359 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3360 3361 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3362 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3363 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3364 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3365 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3366 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3367 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3368 3369 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3370 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3371 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3372 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3373 NamedDecl *Target); 3374 3375 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3376 bool isTypeName, 3377 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3378 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3379 const LookupResult &Previous); 3380 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3381 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3382 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3383 3384 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3385 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3386 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3387 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3388 AttributeList *AttrList, 3389 bool IsInstantiation, 3390 bool IsTypeName, 3391 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3392 3393 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3394 3395 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3396 AccessSpecifier AS, 3397 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3398 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3399 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3400 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3401 AttributeList *AttrList, 3402 bool IsTypeName, 3403 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3404 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3405 AccessSpecifier AS, 3406 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3407 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3408 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3409 TypeResult Type); 3410 3411 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3412 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3413 /// 3414 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3415 ExprResult 3416 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3417 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3418 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3419 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3420 SourceRange ParenRange); 3421 3422 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3423 // the constructor can be elidable? 3424 ExprResult 3425 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3426 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3427 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3428 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3429 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3430 3431 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3432 /// the default expr if needed. 3433 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3434 FunctionDecl *FD, 3435 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3436 3437 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3438 /// constructed variable. 3439 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3440 3441 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3442 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3443 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3444 // Pointer to allow copying 3445 Sema *Self; 3446 // We order exception specifications thus: 3447 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3448 // throw() comes next. 3449 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3450 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3451 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3452 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3453 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3454 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3455 3456 void ClearExceptions() { 3457 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3458 Exceptions.clear(); 3459 } 3460 3461 public: 3462 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3463 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3464 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3465 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3466 } 3467 3468 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3469 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3470 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3471 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3472 return ComputedEST; 3473 } 3474 3475 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3476 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3477 3478 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3479 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3480 3481 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3482 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3483 3484 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3485 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3486 3487 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3488 /// computed exception specification. 3489 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3490 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3491 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3492 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3493 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3494 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3495 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3496 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3497 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3498 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3499 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3500 tok::kw_false).take(); 3501 } 3502 } 3503 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3504 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3505 getEPI(EPI); 3506 return EPI; 3507 } 3508 }; 3509 3510 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3511 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3512 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3513 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3514 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3515 3516 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3517 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3518 /// will be const. 3519 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3520 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3521 3522 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3523 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3524 /// parameter will be const. 3525 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3526 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3527 3528 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3529 /// constructor of a class will have. 3530 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3531 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3532 3533 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3534 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3535 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3536 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3537 3538 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3539 /// destructor of a class will have. 3540 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3541 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3542 3543 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3544 /// special member function. 3545 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3546 3547 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3548 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3549 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3550 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3551 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3552 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3553 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3554 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3555 3556 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3557 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3558 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3559 bool Diagnose = false); 3560 3561 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3562 /// 3563 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3564 /// default constructor will be added. 3565 /// 3566 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3567 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3568 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3569 3570 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3571 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3572 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3573 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3574 3575 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3576 /// 3577 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3578 /// destructor will be added. 3579 /// 3580 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3581 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3582 3583 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3584 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3585 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3586 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3587 3588 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3589 /// 3590 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3591 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3592 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3593 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3594 3595 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3596 /// 3597 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3598 /// constructors will be added. 3599 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3600 3601 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3602 /// 3603 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3604 /// copy constructor will be added. 3605 /// 3606 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3607 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3608 3609 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3610 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3611 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3612 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3613 3614 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3615 /// 3616 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3617 /// move constructor will be added. 3618 /// 3619 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3620 /// declared. 3621 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3622 3623 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3624 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3625 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3626 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3627 3628 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3629 /// 3630 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3631 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3632 /// 3633 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3634 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3635 3636 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3637 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3638 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3639 3640 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3641 /// 3642 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3643 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3644 /// 3645 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3646 /// wasn't declared. 3647 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3648 3649 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3650 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3651 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3652 3653 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3654 /// class. 3655 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3656 3657 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3658 /// special member function. 3659 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3660 3661 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3662 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3663 /// 3664 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3665 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3666 3667 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3668 /// member function. 3669 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3670 3671 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3672 /// static member function. 3673 /// 3674 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3675 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3676 3677 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3678 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3679 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3680 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3681 3682 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3683 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3684 SourceLocation Loc, 3685 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3686 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3687 3688 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3689 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3690 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3691 ParsedType ObjectType, 3692 bool EnteringContext); 3693 3694 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3695 3696 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3697 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3698 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3699 3700 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3701 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3702 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3703 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3704 Declarator &D, 3705 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3706 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3707 Expr *E, 3708 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3709 3710 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3711 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3712 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3713 Expr *E, 3714 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3715 SourceRange Parens); 3716 3717 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3718 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3719 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3720 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3721 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3722 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3723 Expr *Operand, 3724 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3725 3726 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3727 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3728 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3729 void *TyOrExpr, 3730 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3731 3732 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3733 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3734 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3735 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3736 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3737 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3738 Expr *Operand, 3739 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3740 3741 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3742 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3743 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3744 void *TyOrExpr, 3745 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3746 3747 3748 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3749 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3750 3751 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3752 /// 3753 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3754 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3755 3756 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3757 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3758 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3759 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3760 3761 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3762 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3763 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3764 Sema &S; 3765 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3766 bool Enabled; 3767 3768 public: 3769 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3770 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3771 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3772 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3773 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3774 bool Enabled = true); 3775 3776 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3777 }; 3778 3779 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3780 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3781 /// 3782 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3783 /// 3784 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3785 /// capture list. 3786 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3787 3788 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3789 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3790 /// being defined. 3791 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3792 3793 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3794 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3795 3796 3797 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3798 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3799 3800 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3801 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3802 3803 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3804 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3805 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3806 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3807 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3808 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3809 3810 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3811 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3812 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3813 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3814 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3815 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3816 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3817 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3818 3819 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3820 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3821 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3822 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3823 3824 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3825 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3826 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3827 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3828 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3829 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3830 Expr *Initializer); 3831 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3832 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3833 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3834 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3835 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3836 QualType AllocType, 3837 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3838 Expr *ArraySize, 3839 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3840 Expr *Initializer, 3841 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3842 3843 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3844 SourceRange R); 3845 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3846 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3847 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3848 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3849 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3850 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3851 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3852 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3853 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3854 bool Diagnose = true); 3855 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3856 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3857 QualType Argument, 3858 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3859 3860 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3861 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3862 bool Diagnose = true); 3863 3864 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3865 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3866 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3867 Expr *Operand); 3868 3869 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3870 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3871 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3872 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3873 3874 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3875 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3876 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3877 SourceLocation RParen); 3878 3879 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3880 /// pseudo-functions. 3881 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3882 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3883 ParsedType Ty, 3884 SourceLocation RParen); 3885 3886 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3887 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3888 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3889 SourceLocation RParen); 3890 3891 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3892 /// pseudo-functions. 3893 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3894 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3895 ParsedType LhsTy, 3896 ParsedType RhsTy, 3897 SourceLocation RParen); 3898 3899 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3900 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3901 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3902 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3903 SourceLocation RParen); 3904 3905 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3906 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3907 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3908 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3909 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3910 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3911 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3912 3913 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3914 /// pseudo-functions. 3915 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3916 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3917 ParsedType LhsTy, 3918 Expr *DimExpr, 3919 SourceLocation RParen); 3920 3921 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3922 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3923 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3924 Expr *DimExpr, 3925 SourceLocation RParen); 3926 3927 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3928 /// pseudo-functions. 3929 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3930 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3931 Expr *Queried, 3932 SourceLocation RParen); 3933 3934 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3935 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3936 Expr *Queried, 3937 SourceLocation RParen); 3938 3939 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3940 Expr *Base, 3941 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3942 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3943 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3944 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3945 3946 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3947 3948 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3949 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3950 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3951 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3952 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3953 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3954 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3955 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3956 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3957 3958 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3959 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3960 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3961 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3962 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3963 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3964 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3965 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3966 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3967 3968 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3969 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3970 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3971 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3972 const DeclSpec& DS, 3973 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3974 3975 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3976 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3977 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3978 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3979 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3980 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3981 3982 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3983 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3984 : SourceLocation()); 3985 } 3986 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 3987 bool DiscardedValue = false); 3988 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3989 3990 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3991 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3992 3993 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3994 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3995 bool EnteringContext = false); 3996 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3997 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3998 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3999 4000 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4001 /// 4002 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4003 /// 4004 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4005 /// 4006 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4007 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4008 /// 4009 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4010 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4011 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4012 4013 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 4014 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4015 4016 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4017 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4018 IdentifierInfo &II, 4019 ParsedType ObjectType); 4020 4021 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4022 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4023 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4024 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4025 QualType ObjectType, 4026 bool EnteringContext, 4027 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4028 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4029 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4030 4031 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4032 /// 4033 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4034 /// 4035 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4036 /// 4037 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4038 /// 4039 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4040 /// 4041 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4042 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4043 /// 4044 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4045 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4046 /// 4047 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4048 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4049 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4050 /// including this new type). 4051 /// 4052 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4053 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4054 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4055 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4056 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4057 ParsedType ObjectType, 4058 bool EnteringContext, 4059 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4060 4061 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4062 4063 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4064 const DeclSpec &DS, 4065 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4066 4067 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4068 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4069 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4070 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4071 ParsedType ObjectType, 4072 bool EnteringContext); 4073 4074 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4075 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4076 /// 4077 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4078 /// 4079 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4080 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4081 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4082 /// including this new type). 4083 /// 4084 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4085 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4086 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4087 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4088 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4089 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4090 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4091 /// 4092 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4093 /// nested-name-specifier. 4094 /// 4095 /// 4096 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4097 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4098 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4099 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4100 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4101 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4102 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4103 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4104 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4105 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4106 bool EnteringContext); 4107 4108 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4109 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4110 /// nested-name-specifier. 4111 /// 4112 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4113 /// 4114 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4115 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4116 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4117 4118 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4119 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4120 /// 4121 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4122 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4123 /// 4124 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4125 /// 4126 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4127 /// of the annotation pointer. 4128 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4129 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4130 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4131 4132 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4133 4134 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4135 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4136 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4137 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4138 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4139 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4140 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4141 4142 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4143 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4144 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4145 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4146 /// defining scope. 4147 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4148 4149 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4150 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4151 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4152 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4153 /// class X. 4154 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4155 4156 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4157 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4158 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4159 4160 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4161 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4162 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4163 bool KnownDependent); 4164 4165 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4166 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4167 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4168 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4169 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4170 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4171 4172 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4173 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4174 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4175 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4176 bool ExplicitParams, 4177 bool ExplicitResultType, 4178 bool Mutable); 4179 4180 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4181 /// given lambda. 4182 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4183 4184 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4185 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4186 4187 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4188 /// statements present in the body. 4189 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4190 4191 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4192 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4193 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4194 /// lambda. 4195 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4196 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4197 4198 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4199 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4200 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4201 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4202 4203 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4204 /// was successfully completed. 4205 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4206 Scope *CurScope, 4207 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4208 4209 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4210 /// function pointer. 4211 /// 4212 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4213 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4214 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4215 /// block pointer conversion. 4216 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4217 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4218 4219 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4220 /// block pointer. 4221 /// 4222 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4223 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4224 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4225 /// block pointer conversion. 4226 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4227 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4228 4229 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4230 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4231 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4232 Expr *Src); 4233 4234 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4235 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4236 Expr **Strings, 4237 unsigned NumStrings); 4238 4239 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4240 4241 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4242 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4243 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4244 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4245 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4246 bool Value); 4247 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4248 4249 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4250 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4251 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4252 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4253 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4254 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4255 4256 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4257 Expr *IndexExpr, 4258 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4259 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4260 4261 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4262 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4263 unsigned NumElements); 4264 4265 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4266 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4267 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4268 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4269 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4270 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4271 4272 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4273 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4274 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4275 ParsedType Ty, 4276 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4277 4278 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4279 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4280 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4281 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4282 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4283 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4284 4285 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4286 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4287 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4288 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4289 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4290 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4291 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4292 4293 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4294 // C++ Declarations 4295 // 4296 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4297 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4298 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4299 StringRef Lang, 4300 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4301 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4302 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4303 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4304 4305 4306 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4307 // C++ Classes 4308 // 4309 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4310 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4311 4312 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4313 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4314 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4315 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4316 4317 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4318 Declarator &D, 4319 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4320 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4321 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4322 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4323 Expr *Init); 4324 4325 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4326 Scope *S, 4327 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4328 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4329 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4330 const DeclSpec &DS, 4331 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4332 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4333 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4334 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4335 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4336 4337 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4338 Scope *S, 4339 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4340 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4341 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4342 const DeclSpec &DS, 4343 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4344 Expr *InitList, 4345 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4346 4347 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4348 Scope *S, 4349 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4350 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4351 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4352 const DeclSpec &DS, 4353 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4354 Expr *Init, 4355 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4356 4357 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4358 Expr *Init, 4359 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4360 4361 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4362 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4363 Expr *Init, 4364 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4365 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4366 4367 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4368 Expr *Init, 4369 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4370 4371 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4372 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4373 4374 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4375 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = 4376 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>()); 4377 4378 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4379 4380 4381 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4382 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4383 /// referenced. 4384 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4385 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4386 4387 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4388 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4389 /// first use occurred. 4390 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4391 4392 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4393 /// materialized. 4394 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4395 4396 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4397 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4398 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4399 /// by code generation). 4400 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4401 4402 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4403 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4404 4405 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4406 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4407 DynamicClassesType; 4408 4409 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4410 /// unit. 4411 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4412 4413 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4414 /// given location. 4415 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4416 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4417 4418 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4419 /// in the given class as needed. 4420 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4421 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4422 4423 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4424 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4425 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4426 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4427 4428 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4429 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4430 /// vtables. 4431 /// 4432 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4433 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4434 4435 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4436 4437 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4438 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4439 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4440 bool AnyErrors); 4441 4442 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4443 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4444 Decl *TagDecl, 4445 SourceLocation LBrac, 4446 SourceLocation RBrac, 4447 AttributeList *AttrList); 4448 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4449 4450 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4451 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4452 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4453 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4454 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4455 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4456 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4457 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4458 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4459 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4460 4461 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4462 Expr *AssertExpr, 4463 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4464 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4465 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4466 Expr *AssertExpr, 4467 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4468 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4469 bool Failed); 4470 4471 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4472 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4473 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4474 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4475 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4476 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4477 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4478 4479 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4480 StorageClass& SC); 4481 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4482 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4483 StorageClass& SC); 4484 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4485 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4486 StorageClass& SC); 4487 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4488 4489 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4490 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4491 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4492 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4493 4494 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4495 // C++ Derived Classes 4496 // 4497 4498 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4499 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4500 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4501 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4502 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4503 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4504 4505 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4506 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4507 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4508 ParsedType basetype, 4509 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4510 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4511 4512 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4513 unsigned NumBases); 4514 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4515 unsigned NumBases); 4516 4517 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4518 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4519 4520 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4521 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4522 4523 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4524 4525 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4526 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4527 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4528 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4529 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4530 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4531 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4532 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4533 DeclarationName Name, 4534 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4535 4536 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4537 4538 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4539 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4540 4541 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4542 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4543 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4544 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4545 4546 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4547 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4548 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4549 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4550 4551 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4552 4553 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4554 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4555 4556 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4557 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4558 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4559 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4560 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4561 4562 4563 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4564 // C++ Access Control 4565 // 4566 4567 enum AccessResult { 4568 AR_accessible, 4569 AR_inaccessible, 4570 AR_dependent, 4571 AR_delayed 4572 }; 4573 4574 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4575 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4576 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4577 4578 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4579 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4580 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4581 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4582 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4583 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4584 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4585 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4586 bool Diagnose = true); 4587 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4588 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4589 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4590 AccessSpecifier Access, 4591 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4592 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4593 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4594 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4595 AccessSpecifier Access, 4596 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4597 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4598 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4599 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4600 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4601 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4602 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4603 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4604 Expr *ArgExpr, 4605 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4606 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4607 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4608 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4609 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4610 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4611 unsigned DiagID, 4612 bool ForceCheck = false, 4613 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4614 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4615 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4616 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4617 AccessSpecifier access, 4618 QualType objectType); 4619 4620 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4621 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4622 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4623 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4624 4625 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4626 4627 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4628 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4629 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4630 4631 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4632 AbstractNone = -1, 4633 AbstractReturnType, 4634 AbstractParamType, 4635 AbstractVariableType, 4636 AbstractFieldType, 4637 AbstractIvarType, 4638 AbstractArrayType 4639 }; 4640 4641 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4642 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4643 template<typename T1> 4644 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4645 unsigned DiagID, 4646 const T1 &Arg1) { 4647 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4648 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4649 } 4650 4651 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4652 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4653 unsigned DiagID, 4654 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4655 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4656 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4657 } 4658 4659 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4660 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4661 unsigned DiagID, 4662 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4663 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4664 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4665 } 4666 4667 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4668 4669 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4670 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4671 4672 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4673 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4674 // 4675 4676 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4677 4678 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4679 4680 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4681 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4682 // 4683 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4684 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4685 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4686 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4687 4688 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4689 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4690 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4691 4692 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4693 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4694 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4695 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4696 ParsedType ObjectType, 4697 bool EnteringContext, 4698 TemplateTy &Template, 4699 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4700 4701 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4702 SourceLocation IILoc, 4703 Scope *S, 4704 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4705 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4706 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4707 4708 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4709 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4710 4711 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4712 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4713 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4714 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4715 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4716 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4717 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4718 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4719 4720 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4721 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4722 unsigned Depth, 4723 unsigned Position, 4724 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4725 Expr *DefaultArg); 4726 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4727 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4728 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4729 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4730 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4731 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4732 unsigned Depth, 4733 unsigned Position, 4734 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4735 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4736 4737 TemplateParameterList * 4738 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4739 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4740 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4741 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4742 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4743 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4744 4745 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4746 /// list. 4747 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4748 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4749 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4750 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4751 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4752 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4753 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4754 }; 4755 4756 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4757 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4758 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4759 TemplateParameterList * 4760 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4761 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4762 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4763 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4764 unsigned NumParamLists, 4765 bool IsFriend, 4766 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4767 bool &Invalid); 4768 4769 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4770 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4771 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4772 AttributeList *Attr, 4773 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4774 AccessSpecifier AS, 4775 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4776 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4777 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4778 4779 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4780 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4781 4782 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4783 4784 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4785 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4786 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4787 4788 TypeResult 4789 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4790 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4791 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4792 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4793 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4794 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4795 4796 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4797 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4798 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4799 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4800 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4801 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4802 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4803 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4804 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4805 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4806 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4807 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4808 4809 4810 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4811 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4812 LookupResult &R, 4813 bool RequiresADL, 4814 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4815 4816 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4817 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4818 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4819 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4820 4821 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4822 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4823 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4824 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4825 ParsedType ObjectType, 4826 bool EnteringContext, 4827 TemplateTy &Template); 4828 4829 DeclResult 4830 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4831 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4832 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4833 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4834 TemplateTy Template, 4835 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4836 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4837 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4838 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4839 AttributeList *Attr, 4840 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4841 4842 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4843 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4844 Declarator &D); 4845 4846 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4847 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4848 Declarator &D); 4849 4850 bool 4851 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4852 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4853 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4854 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4855 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4856 bool &SuppressNew); 4857 4858 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4859 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4860 LookupResult &Previous); 4861 4862 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4863 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4864 LookupResult &Previous); 4865 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4866 4867 DeclResult 4868 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4869 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4870 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4871 unsigned TagSpec, 4872 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4873 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4874 TemplateTy Template, 4875 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4876 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4877 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4878 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4879 AttributeList *Attr); 4880 4881 DeclResult 4882 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4883 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4884 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4885 unsigned TagSpec, 4886 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4887 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4888 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4889 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4890 AttributeList *Attr); 4891 4892 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4893 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4894 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4895 Declarator &D); 4896 4897 TemplateArgumentLoc 4898 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4899 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4900 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4901 Decl *Param, 4902 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4903 4904 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4905 /// argument is being checked. 4906 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4907 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4908 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4909 CTAK_Specified, 4910 4911 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4912 /// deduction. 4913 CTAK_Deduced, 4914 4915 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4916 /// via template argument deduction. 4917 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4918 }; 4919 4920 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4921 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4922 NamedDecl *Template, 4923 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4924 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4925 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4926 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4927 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4928 4929 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4930 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4931 /// 4932 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4933 /// provided. 4934 /// 4935 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4936 /// 4937 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4938 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4939 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4940 /// arguments. 4941 /// 4942 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4943 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4944 /// set of template arguments. 4945 /// 4946 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4947 /// arguments. 4948 /// 4949 /// 4950 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4951 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4952 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4953 /// 4954 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4955 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4956 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4957 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4958 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4959 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4960 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4961 4962 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4963 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4964 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4965 4966 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4967 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4968 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4969 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4970 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4971 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4972 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4973 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4974 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 4975 4976 ExprResult 4977 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4978 QualType ParamType, 4979 SourceLocation Loc); 4980 ExprResult 4981 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4982 SourceLocation Loc); 4983 4984 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4985 /// for equality. 4986 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4987 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4988 /// that might be redeclarations. 4989 /// 4990 /// \code 4991 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4992 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4993 /// \endcode 4994 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4995 4996 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4997 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4998 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4999 /// 5000 /// \code 5001 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5002 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5003 /// \endcode 5004 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5005 5006 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5007 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5008 /// template parameter. 5009 /// 5010 /// \code 5011 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5012 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5013 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5014 /// \endcode 5015 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5016 }; 5017 5018 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5019 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5020 bool Complain, 5021 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5022 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5023 = SourceLocation()); 5024 5025 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5026 5027 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5028 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5029 /// 5030 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5031 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5032 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5033 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5034 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5035 TypeResult 5036 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5037 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5038 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5039 5040 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5041 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5042 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5043 /// 5044 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5045 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5046 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5047 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5048 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5049 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5050 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5051 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5052 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5053 TypeResult 5054 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5055 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5056 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5057 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5058 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5059 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5060 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5061 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5062 5063 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5064 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5065 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5066 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5067 SourceLocation IILoc); 5068 5069 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5070 SourceLocation Loc, 5071 DeclarationName Name); 5072 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5073 5074 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5075 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5076 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5077 5078 std::string 5079 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5080 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5081 5082 std::string 5083 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5084 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5085 unsigned NumArgs); 5086 5087 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5088 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5089 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5090 5091 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5092 /// being diagnosed. 5093 /// 5094 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5095 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5096 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5097 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5098 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5099 5100 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5101 UPPC_BaseType, 5102 5103 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5104 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5105 5106 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5107 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5108 5109 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5110 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5111 5112 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5113 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5114 5115 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5116 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5117 5118 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5119 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5120 5121 /// \brief A using declaration. 5122 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5123 5124 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5125 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5126 5127 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5128 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5129 5130 /// \brief An initializer. 5131 UPPC_Initializer, 5132 5133 /// \brief A default argument. 5134 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5135 5136 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5137 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5138 5139 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5140 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5141 5142 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5143 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5144 5145 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5146 UPPC_IfExists, 5147 5148 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5149 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5150 5151 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5152 UPPC_Lambda, 5153 5154 /// \brief Block expression, 5155 UPPC_Block 5156}; 5157 5158 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5159 /// 5160 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5161 /// 5162 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5163 /// parameter packs. 5164 /// 5165 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5166 /// 5167 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5168 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5169 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5170 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5171 5172 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5173 /// diagnose the error. 5174 /// 5175 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5176 /// 5177 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5178 /// packs. 5179 /// 5180 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5181 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5182 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5183 5184 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5185 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5186 /// 5187 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5188 /// parameter packs. 5189 /// 5190 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5191 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5192 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5193 5194 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5195 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5196 /// 5197 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5198 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5199 /// 5200 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5201 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5202 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5203 5204 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5205 /// diagnose the error. 5206 /// 5207 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5208 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5209 /// 5210 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5211 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5212 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5213 5214 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5215 /// diagnose the error. 5216 /// 5217 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5218 /// 5219 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5220 /// parameter packs. 5221 /// 5222 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5223 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5224 TemplateName Template, 5225 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5226 5227 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5228 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5229 /// 5230 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5231 /// parameter packs. 5232 /// 5233 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5234 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5235 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5236 5237 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5238 /// template argument. 5239 /// 5240 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5241 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5242 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5243 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5244 5245 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5246 /// template argument. 5247 /// 5248 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5249 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5250 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5251 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5252 5253 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5254 /// type. 5255 /// 5256 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5257 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5258 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5259 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5260 5261 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5262 /// type. 5263 /// 5264 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5265 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5266 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5267 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5268 5269 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5270 /// nested-name-specifier. 5271 /// 5272 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5273 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5274 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5275 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5276 5277 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5278 /// name. 5279 /// 5280 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5281 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5282 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5283 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5284 5285 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5286 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5287 /// 5288 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5289 /// may already be invalid. 5290 /// 5291 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5292 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5293 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5294 5295 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5296 /// creates a pack expansion. 5297 /// 5298 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5299 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5300 /// 5301 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5302 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5303 5304 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5305 /// expansion. 5306 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5307 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5308 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5309 5310 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5311 /// expansion. 5312 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5313 SourceRange PatternRange, 5314 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5315 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5316 5317 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5318 /// creates a pack expansion. 5319 /// 5320 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5321 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5322 /// 5323 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5324 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5325 5326 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5327 /// creates a pack expansion. 5328 /// 5329 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5330 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5331 /// 5332 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5333 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5334 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5335 5336 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5337 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5338 /// transforming the pattern. 5339 /// 5340 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5341 /// pack expansion. 5342 /// 5343 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5344 /// the pack expansion. 5345 /// 5346 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5347 /// pattern. 5348 /// 5349 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5350 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5351 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5352 /// 5353 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5354 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5355 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5356 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5357 /// 5358 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5359 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5360 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5361 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5362 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5363 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5364 /// set this value in other cases. 5365 /// 5366 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5367 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5368 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5369 /// must be set. 5370 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5371 SourceRange PatternRange, 5372 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5373 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5374 bool &ShouldExpand, 5375 bool &RetainExpansion, 5376 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5377 5378 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5379 /// type. 5380 /// 5381 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5382 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5383 /// 5384 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5385 llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5386 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5387 5388 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5389 /// parameter packs. 5390 /// 5391 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5392 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5393 /// 5394 /// \code 5395 /// void f(T...); 5396 /// \endcode 5397 /// 5398 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5399 /// a variadic function. 5400 /// 5401 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5402 /// false otherwise. 5403 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5404 5405 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5406 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5407 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5408 5409 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5410 /// 5411 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5412 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5413 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5414 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5415 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5416 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5417 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5418 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5419 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5420 TDK_Success = 0, 5421 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5422 TDK_Invalid, 5423 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5424 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5425 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5426 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5427 /// for every template parameter. 5428 TDK_Incomplete, 5429 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5430 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5431 TDK_Inconsistent, 5432 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5433 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5434 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5435 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5436 TDK_Underqualified, 5437 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5438 /// resulted in an error. 5439 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5440 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5441 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5442 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5443 /// arguments provided. 5444 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5445 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5446 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5447 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5448 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5449 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5450 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5451 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5452 /// template arguments for the given template. 5453 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5454 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5455 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5456 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5457 }; 5458 5459 TemplateDeductionResult 5460 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5461 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5462 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5463 5464 TemplateDeductionResult 5465 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5466 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5467 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5468 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5469 QualType *FunctionType, 5470 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5471 5472 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5473 // deduction for a call. 5474 struct OriginalCallArg { 5475 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5476 unsigned ArgIdx, 5477 QualType OriginalArgType) 5478 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5479 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5480 5481 QualType OriginalParamType; 5482 unsigned ArgIdx; 5483 QualType OriginalArgType; 5484 }; 5485 5486 TemplateDeductionResult 5487 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5488 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5489 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5490 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5491 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5492 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5493 5494 TemplateDeductionResult 5495 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5496 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5497 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5498 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5499 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5500 5501 TemplateDeductionResult 5502 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5503 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5504 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5505 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5506 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5507 5508 TemplateDeductionResult 5509 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5510 QualType ToType, 5511 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5512 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5513 5514 TemplateDeductionResult 5515 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5516 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5517 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5518 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5519 5520 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5521 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5522 DAR_Succeeded, 5523 DAR_Failed, 5524 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5525 }; 5526 5527 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5528 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5529 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5530 5531 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5532 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5533 SourceLocation Loc, 5534 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5535 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5536 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5537 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5538 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5539 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5540 SourceLocation Loc, 5541 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5542 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5543 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5544 bool Complain = true, 5545 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5546 5547 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5548 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5549 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5550 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5551 SourceLocation Loc); 5552 5553 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5554 bool OnlyDeduced, 5555 unsigned Depth, 5556 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5557 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5558 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5559 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5560 } 5561 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5562 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5563 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5564 5565 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5566 // C++ Template Instantiation 5567 // 5568 5569 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5570 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5571 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5572 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5573 5574 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5575 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5576 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5577 enum InstantiationKind { 5578 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5579 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5580 TemplateInstantiation, 5581 5582 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5583 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5584 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5585 /// arguments as specified. 5586 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5587 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5588 5589 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5590 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5591 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5592 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5593 5594 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5595 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5596 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5597 5598 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5599 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5600 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5601 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5602 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5603 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5604 5605 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5606 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5607 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5608 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5609 5610 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5611 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5612 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5613 5614 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5615 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5616 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5617 } Kind; 5618 5619 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5620 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5621 5622 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5623 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5624 /// arguments. 5625 NamedDecl *Template; 5626 5627 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5628 Decl *Entity; 5629 5630 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5631 /// are not part of the entity. 5632 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5633 5634 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5635 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5636 5637 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5638 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5639 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5640 5641 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5642 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5643 /// template instantiation. 5644 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5645 5646 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5647 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5648 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5649 5650 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5651 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5652 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5653 5654 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5655 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5656 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5657 return false; 5658 5659 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5660 return false; 5661 5662 switch (X.Kind) { 5663 case TemplateInstantiation: 5664 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5665 return true; 5666 5667 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5668 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5669 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5670 return false; 5671 5672 // Fall through 5673 5674 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5675 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5676 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5677 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5678 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5679 5680 } 5681 5682 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5683 } 5684 5685 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5686 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5687 return !(X == Y); 5688 } 5689 }; 5690 5691 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5692 /// 5693 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5694 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5695 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5696 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5697 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5698 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5699 5700 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5701 /// template instantiation. 5702 /// 5703 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5704 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5705 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5706 5707 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5708 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5709 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5710 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5711 5712 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5713 /// error or warning was produced. 5714 /// 5715 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5716 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5717 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5718 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5719 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5720 5721 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5722 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5723 /// 5724 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5725 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5726 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5727 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5728 5729 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5730 /// within a \c Sema object. 5731 /// 5732 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5733 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5734 Sema &Self; 5735 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5736 5737 public: 5738 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5739 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5740 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5741 } 5742 5743 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5744 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5745 } 5746 }; 5747 5748 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5749 5750 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5751 /// 5752 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5753 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5754 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5755 5756 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5757 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5758 /// deduction. 5759 /// 5760 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5761 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5762 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5763 5764 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5765 /// instantiation. 5766 /// 5767 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5768 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5769 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5770 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5771 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5772 /// 5773 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5774 /// the stack. 5775 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5776 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5777 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5778 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5779 Decl *Entity, 5780 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5781 5782 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5783 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5784 /// of a function template. 5785 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5786 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5787 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5788 5789 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5790 /// template-id. 5791 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5792 TemplateDecl *Template, 5793 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5794 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5795 5796 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5797 /// template-id. 5798 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5799 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5800 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5801 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5802 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5803 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5804 5805 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5806 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5807 /// specialization. 5808 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5809 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5810 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5811 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5812 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5813 5814 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5815 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5816 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5817 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5818 5819 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5820 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5821 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5822 NamedDecl *Template, 5823 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5824 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5825 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5826 5827 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5828 NamedDecl *Template, 5829 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5830 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5831 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5832 5833 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5834 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5835 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5836 TemplateDecl *Template, 5837 NamedDecl *Param, 5838 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5839 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5840 5841 5842 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5843 void Clear(); 5844 5845 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5846 5847 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5848 /// recursive template instantiations. 5849 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5850 5851 private: 5852 Sema &SemaRef; 5853 bool Invalid; 5854 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5855 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5856 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5857 5858 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5859 5860 InstantiatingTemplate& 5861 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5862 }; 5863 5864 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5865 5866 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5867 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5868 /// errors. 5869 /// 5870 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5871 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5872 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5873 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5874 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5875 5876 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5877 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5878 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5879 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5880 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5881 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5882 } 5883 5884 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5885 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5886 /// deduction.` 5887 class SFINAETrap { 5888 Sema &SemaRef; 5889 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5890 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5891 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5892 5893 public: 5894 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5895 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5896 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5897 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5898 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5899 { 5900 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5901 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5902 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5903 } 5904 5905 ~SFINAETrap() { 5906 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5907 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5908 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5909 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5910 } 5911 5912 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5913 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5914 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5915 } 5916 }; 5917 5918 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5919 /// variables. 5920 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5921 5922 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5923 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5924 5925 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5926 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5927 5928 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5929 /// name lookup. 5930 /// 5931 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5932 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5933 /// string represents a keyword. 5934 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5935 5936 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5937 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5938 5939 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5940 /// 5941 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5942 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5943 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5944 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5945 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5946 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5947 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5948 5949 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5950 /// but have not yet been performed. 5951 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5952 5953 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5954 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5955 /// 5956 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5957 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5958 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5959 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5960 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5961 5962 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5963 5964 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5965 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5966 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5967 5968 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5969 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5970 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5971 5972 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5973 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5974 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5975 5976 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5977 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5978 SourceLocation Loc, 5979 DeclarationName Entity, 5980 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5981 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5982 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5983 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5984 int indexAdjustment, 5985 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5986 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5987 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5988 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5989 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5990 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5991 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5992 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5993 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5994 5995 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5996 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5997 /// 5998 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5999 /// 6000 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6001 /// 6002 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6003 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6004 /// 6005 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6006 /// 6007 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6008 /// 6009 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6010 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6011 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6012 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6013 6014 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6015 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6016 6017 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6018 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6019 6020 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6021 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6022 bool CXXDirectInit); 6023 6024 bool 6025 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6026 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6027 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6028 6029 bool 6030 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6031 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6032 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6033 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6034 bool Complain = true); 6035 6036 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6037 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6038 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6039 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6040 6041 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6042 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6043 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6044 Decl *NewDecl; 6045 6046 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6047 Decl *D) 6048 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6049 { } 6050 }; 6051 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6052 6053 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6054 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6055 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6056 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6057 6058 bool 6059 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6060 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6061 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6062 bool Complain = true); 6063 6064 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6065 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6066 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6067 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6068 6069 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6070 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6071 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6072 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6073 6074 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6075 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6076 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6077 6078 DeclarationNameInfo 6079 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6080 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6081 TemplateName 6082 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6083 SourceLocation Loc, 6084 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6085 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6086 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6087 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6088 6089 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6090 FunctionDecl *Function); 6091 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6092 FunctionDecl *Function, 6093 bool Recursive = false, 6094 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6095 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6096 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6097 VarDecl *Var, 6098 bool Recursive = false, 6099 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6100 6101 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6102 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6103 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6104 6105 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6106 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6107 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6108 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6109 6110 // Objective-C declarations. 6111 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6112 OCK_None = -1, 6113 OCK_Interface = 0, 6114 OCK_Protocol, 6115 OCK_Category, 6116 OCK_ClassExtension, 6117 OCK_Implementation, 6118 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6119 }; 6120 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6121 6122 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6123 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6124 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6125 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6126 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6127 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6128 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6129 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6130 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6131 AttributeList *AttrList); 6132 6133 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6134 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6135 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6136 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6137 6138 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6139 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6140 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6141 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6142 6143 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6144 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6145 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6146 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6147 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6148 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6149 AttributeList *AttrList); 6150 6151 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6152 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6153 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6154 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6155 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6156 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6157 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6158 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6159 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6160 6161 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6162 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6163 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6164 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6165 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6166 6167 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6168 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6169 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6170 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6171 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6172 6173 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6174 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6175 6176 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6177 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6178 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6179 unsigned NumElts); 6180 6181 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6182 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6183 unsigned NumElts, 6184 AttributeList *attrList); 6185 6186 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6187 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6188 unsigned NumProtocols, 6189 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6190 6191 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6192 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6193 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6194 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6195 SourceLocation Loc, 6196 unsigned &Attributes, 6197 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6198 6199 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6200 /// setters and getters as needed. 6201 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6202 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6203 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6204 /// in class extension. 6205 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6206 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6207 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6208 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6209 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6210 6211 6212 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6213 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6214 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6215 6216 6217 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6218 6219 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6220 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6221 6222 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6223 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6224 6225 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6226 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6227 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6228 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6229 6230 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6231 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6232 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6233 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6234 bool *OverridingProperty, 6235 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6236 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6237 6238 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6239 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6240 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6241 bool ImplKind, 6242 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6243 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6244 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6245 6246 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6247 OSMK_None, 6248 OSMK_Alloc, 6249 OSMK_New, 6250 OSMK_Copy, 6251 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6252 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6253 }; 6254 6255 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6256 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6257 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6258 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6259 // in this case. 6260 ParsedType Type; 6261 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6262 6263 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6264 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6265 }; 6266 6267 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6268 Scope *S, 6269 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6270 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6271 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6272 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6273 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6274 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6275 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6276 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6277 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6278 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6279 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6280 6281 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6282 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6283 bool IsInstance); 6284 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6285 bool IsInstance); 6286 6287 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6288 6289 ExprResult 6290 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6291 Expr *BaseExpr, 6292 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6293 DeclarationName MemberName, 6294 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6295 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6296 bool Super); 6297 6298 ExprResult 6299 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6300 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6301 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6302 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6303 6304 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6305 6306 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6307 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6308 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6309 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6310 ObjCSuperMessage, 6311 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6312 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6313 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6314 /// name. 6315 ObjCClassMessage 6316 }; 6317 6318 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6319 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6320 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6321 bool IsSuper, 6322 bool HasTrailingDot, 6323 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6324 6325 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6326 Selector Sel, 6327 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6328 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6329 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6330 MultiExprArg Args); 6331 6332 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6333 QualType ReceiverType, 6334 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6335 Selector Sel, 6336 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6337 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6338 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6339 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6340 MultiExprArg Args, 6341 bool isImplicit = false); 6342 6343 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6344 bool isSuperReceiver, 6345 SourceLocation Loc, 6346 Selector Sel, 6347 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6348 MultiExprArg Args); 6349 6350 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6351 ParsedType Receiver, 6352 Selector Sel, 6353 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6354 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6355 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6356 MultiExprArg Args); 6357 6358 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6359 QualType ReceiverType, 6360 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6361 Selector Sel, 6362 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6363 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6364 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6365 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6366 MultiExprArg Args, 6367 bool isImplicit = false); 6368 6369 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6370 QualType ReceiverType, 6371 SourceLocation Loc, 6372 Selector Sel, 6373 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6374 MultiExprArg Args); 6375 6376 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6377 Expr *Receiver, 6378 Selector Sel, 6379 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6380 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6381 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6382 MultiExprArg Args); 6383 6384 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6385 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6386 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6387 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6388 Expr *SubExpr); 6389 6390 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6391 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6392 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6393 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6394 ParsedType Type, 6395 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6396 Expr *SubExpr); 6397 6398 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6399 6400 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6401 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6402 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6403 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6404 6405 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6406 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6407 RTC_Compatible, 6408 RTC_Incompatible, 6409 RTC_Unknown 6410 }; 6411 6412 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6413 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6414 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6415 6416 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6417 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6418 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6419 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6420 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6421 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6422 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6423 }; 6424 6425 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6426 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6427 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6428 6429 enum PragmaPackKind { 6430 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6431 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6432 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6433 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6434 }; 6435 6436 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6437 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6438 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6439 }; 6440 6441 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6442 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6443 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6444 Expr *Alignment, 6445 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6446 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6447 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6448 6449 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6450 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6451 6452 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6453 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6454 Scope *curScope, 6455 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6456 6457 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6458 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6459 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6460 6461 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6462 SourceLocation Loc); 6463 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6464 6465 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6466 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6467 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6468 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6469 6470 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6471 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6472 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6473 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6474 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6475 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6476 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6477 6478 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6479 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6480 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6481 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6482 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6483 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6484 6485 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6486 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6487 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6488 6489 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6490 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6491 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6492 6493 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6494 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6495 6496 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6497 void FreePackedContext(); 6498 6499 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6500 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6501 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6502 SourceLocation Loc); 6503 6504 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6505 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6506 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6507 6508 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6509 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6510 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6511 6512 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6513 void FreeVisContext(); 6514 6515 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6516 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6517 /// the appropriate attribute. 6518 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6519 6520 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6521 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6522 bool isDeclSpec); 6523 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6524 bool isDeclSpec); 6525 6526 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6527 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6528 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6529 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6530 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6531 CCK_CStyleCast, 6532 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6533 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6534 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6535 CCK_OtherCast 6536 }; 6537 6538 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6539 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6540 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6541 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6542 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6543 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6544 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6545 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6546 6547 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6548 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6549 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6550 6551 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6552 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6553 /// required. 6554 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6555 6556 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6557 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6558 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6559 6560 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6561 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6562 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6563 6564 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6565 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6566 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6567 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6568 6569 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6570 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6571 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6572 // type. 6573 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6574 6575 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6576 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6577 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6578 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6579 6580 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6581 enum VariadicCallType { 6582 VariadicFunction, 6583 VariadicBlock, 6584 VariadicMethod, 6585 VariadicConstructor, 6586 VariadicDoesNotApply 6587 }; 6588 6589 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6590 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6591 Expr *Fn); 6592 6593 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6594 // vararg function. 6595 enum VarArgKind { 6596 VAK_Valid, 6597 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6598 VAK_Invalid 6599 }; 6600 6601 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6602 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6603 6604 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6605 /// form of call prototypes. 6606 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6607 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6608 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6609 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6610 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6611 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6612 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6613 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6614 6615 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6616 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6617 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6618 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6619 6620 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6621 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6622 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6623 6624 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6625 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6626 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6627 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6628 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6629 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6630 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6631 6632 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6633 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6634 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6635 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6636 /// source and destination type. 6637 enum AssignConvertType { 6638 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6639 Compatible, 6640 6641 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6642 /// accept as an extension. 6643 PointerToInt, 6644 6645 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6646 /// accept as an extension. 6647 IntToPointer, 6648 6649 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6650 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6651 FunctionVoidPointer, 6652 6653 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6654 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6655 IncompatiblePointer, 6656 6657 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6658 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6659 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6660 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6661 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6662 6663 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6664 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6665 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6666 6667 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6668 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6669 /// like address spaces. 6670 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6671 6672 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6673 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6674 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6675 /// extension. 6676 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6677 6678 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6679 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6680 IncompatibleVectors, 6681 6682 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6683 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6684 IntToBlockPointer, 6685 6686 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6687 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6688 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6689 6690 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6691 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6692 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6693 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6694 6695 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6696 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6697 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6698 6699 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6700 /// represent it in the AST. 6701 Incompatible 6702 }; 6703 6704 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6705 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6706 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6707 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6708 SourceLocation Loc, 6709 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6710 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6711 bool *Complained = 0); 6712 6713 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6714 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6715 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6716 Expr *SrcExpr); 6717 6718 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6719 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6720 /// C99 6.5.16. 6721 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6722 QualType LHSType, 6723 QualType RHSType); 6724 6725 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6726 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6727 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6728 ExprResult &RHS, 6729 CastKind &Kind); 6730 6731 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6732 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6733 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6734 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6735 ExprResult &RHS, 6736 bool Diagnose = true); 6737 6738 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6739 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6740 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6741 ExprResult &RHS); 6742 6743 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6744 6745 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6746 6747 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6748 AssignmentAction Action, 6749 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6750 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6751 AssignmentAction Action, 6752 bool AllowExplicit, 6753 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6754 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6755 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6756 AssignmentAction Action, 6757 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6758 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6759 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6760 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6761 AssignmentAction Action, 6762 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6763 6764 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6765 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6766 6767 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6768 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6769 ExprResult &RHS); 6770 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6771 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6772 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6773 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6774 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6775 bool IsDivide); 6776 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6777 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6778 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6779 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6780 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6781 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6782 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6783 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6784 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6785 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6786 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6787 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6788 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6789 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6790 bool isRelational); 6791 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6792 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6793 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6794 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6795 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6796 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6797 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6798 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6799 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6800 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6801 6802 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6803 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6804 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6805 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6806 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6807 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6808 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6809 6810 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6811 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6812 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6813 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6814 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6815 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6816 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6817 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6818 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6819 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6820 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6821 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6822 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6823 NonStandardCompositeType); 6824 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6825 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6826 return Composite; 6827 } 6828 6829 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6830 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6831 6832 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6833 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6834 6835 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6836 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6837 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6838 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6839 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6840 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6841 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6842 SourceLocation Loc); 6843 6844 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6845 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6846 6847 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6848 6849 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6850 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6851 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6852 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6853 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6854 /// reference binding is not possible. 6855 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6856 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6857 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6858 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6859 Ref_Related, 6860 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6861 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6862 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6863 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6864 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6865 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6866 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6867 Ref_Compatible 6868 }; 6869 6870 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6871 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6872 bool &DerivedToBase, 6873 bool &ObjCConversion, 6874 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6875 6876 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6877 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6878 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6879 6880 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6881 /// given type. 6882 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6883 6884 /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an 6885 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6886 /// 6887 /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the 6888 /// argument is invalid. 6889 QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result); 6890 6891 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6892 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6893 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6894 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6895 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6896 CastKind &Kind); 6897 6898 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6899 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6900 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6901 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6902 // returns the cast expr 6903 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6904 CastKind &Kind); 6905 6906 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6907 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6908 Expr *CastExpr, 6909 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6910 6911 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6912 6913 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6914 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6915 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6916 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6917 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6918 6919 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6920 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6921 6922 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6923 QualType ExprType); 6924 6925 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6926 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6927 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6928 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6929 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6930 6931 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6932 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6933 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6934 6935 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6936 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6937 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6938 6939 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6940 /// \param Method - May be null. 6941 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6942 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6943 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6944 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6945 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6946 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6947 bool isSuperMessage, 6948 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6949 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6950 6951 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6952 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6953 /// and the form of the message send. 6954 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6955 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6956 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6957 6958 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6959 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6960 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6961 6962 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6963 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6964 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6965 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6966 /// 6967 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6968 /// 'if' keyword. 6969 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6970 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6971 6972 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6973 Expr *SubExpr); 6974 6975 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6976 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6977 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6978 6979 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6980 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6981 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6982 6983 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6984 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6985 6986 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6987 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6988 /// the specified diagnostic. 6989 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6990 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6991 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6992 6993 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6994 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6995 /// in the global scope. 6996 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6997 6998 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6999 /// expression violations. 7000 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7001 public: 7002 bool Suppress; 7003 7004 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7005 7006 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7007 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7008 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7009 }; 7010 7011 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7012 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7013 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7014 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7015 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7016 bool AllowFold = true); 7017 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7018 unsigned DiagID, 7019 bool AllowFold = true); 7020 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7021 7022 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7023 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7024 /// Returns false on success. 7025 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7026 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7027 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7028 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7029 7030 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7031 CFT_Device, 7032 CFT_Global, 7033 CFT_Host, 7034 CFT_HostDevice 7035 }; 7036 7037 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7038 7039 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7040 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7041 7042 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7043 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7044 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7045 } 7046 7047 /// \name Code completion 7048 //@{ 7049 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7050 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7051 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7052 PCC_Namespace, 7053 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7054 PCC_Class, 7055 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7056 /// or category. 7057 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7058 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7059 /// category implementation 7060 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7061 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7062 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7063 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7064 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7065 /// headers. 7066 PCC_Template, 7067 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7068 /// headers within a class. 7069 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7070 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7071 PCC_Expression, 7072 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7073 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7074 PCC_Statement, 7075 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7076 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7077 PCC_ForInit, 7078 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7079 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7080 PCC_Condition, 7081 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7082 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7083 /// in the grammar. 7084 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7085 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7086 PCC_Type, 7087 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7088 /// might also be a type cast. 7089 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7090 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7091 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7092 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7093 }; 7094 7095 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7096 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7097 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7098 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7099 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7100 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7101 7102 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7103 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7104 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7105 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7106 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7107 bool IsArrow); 7108 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7109 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7110 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7111 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7112 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7113 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7114 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7115 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7116 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7117 7118 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7119 bool EnteringContext); 7120 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7121 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7122 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7123 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7124 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7125 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7126 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7127 unsigned NumInitializers); 7128 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7129 bool AfterAmpersand); 7130 7131 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7132 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7133 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7134 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7135 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7136 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7137 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7138 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7139 bool IsParameter); 7140 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7141 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7142 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7143 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7144 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7145 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7146 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7147 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7148 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7149 bool IsSuper = false); 7150 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7151 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7152 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7153 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7154 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7155 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7156 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7157 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7158 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7159 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7160 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7161 unsigned NumProtocols); 7162 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7163 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7164 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7165 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7166 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7167 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7168 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7169 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7170 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7171 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7172 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7173 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7174 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7175 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7176 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7177 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7178 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7179 ParsedType ReturnType); 7180 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7181 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7182 bool AtParameterName, 7183 ParsedType ReturnType, 7184 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7185 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7186 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7187 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7188 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7189 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7190 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7191 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7192 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7193 unsigned Argument); 7194 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7195 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7196 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7197 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7198 //@} 7199 7200 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7201 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7202 7203public: 7204 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7205 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7206 7207private: 7208 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7209 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7210 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7211 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7212 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7213 // FunctionDeclaration. 7214 struct FormatStringInfo { 7215 unsigned FormatIdx; 7216 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7217 bool HasVAListArg; 7218 }; 7219 7220 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7221 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7222 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7223 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7224 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7225 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7226 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7227 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7228 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7229 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7230 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7231 SourceLocation Loc); 7232 7233 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7234 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7235 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7236 VariadicCallType CallType); 7237 7238 7239 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7240 7241 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7242 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7243 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7244 7245 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7246 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7247 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7248 7249public: 7250 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7251 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7252 7253private: 7254 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7255 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7256 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7257 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7258 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7259 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7260 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7261 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7262 7263 enum FormatStringType { 7264 FST_Scanf, 7265 FST_Printf, 7266 FST_NSString, 7267 FST_Strftime, 7268 FST_Strfmon, 7269 FST_Kprintf, 7270 FST_Unknown 7271 }; 7272 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7273 7274 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7275 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7276 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7277 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7278 }; 7279 7280 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7281 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7282 bool HasVAListArg, 7283 unsigned format_idx, 7284 unsigned firstDataArg, 7285 FormatStringType Type, 7286 VariadicCallType CallType, 7287 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7288 7289 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7290 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7291 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7292 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7293 VariadicCallType CallType); 7294 7295 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7296 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7297 bool IsCXXMember, 7298 VariadicCallType CallType, 7299 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7300 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7301 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7302 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7303 VariadicCallType CallType, 7304 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7305 7306 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7307 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7308 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7309 7310 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7311 unsigned BId, 7312 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7313 7314 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7315 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7316 7317 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7318 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7319 7320 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7321 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7322 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7323 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7324 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7325 7326 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7327 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7328 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation()); 7329 7330 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7331 Expr *Init); 7332 7333public: 7334 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7335 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7336 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7337 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7338 7339 struct TypeTagData { 7340 TypeTagData() {} 7341 7342 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7343 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7344 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7345 {} 7346 7347 QualType Type; 7348 7349 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7350 /// layout-compatibility. 7351 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7352 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7353 }; 7354 7355 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7356 /// identifies the magic value. 7357 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7358 7359private: 7360 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7361 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7362 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7363 7364 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7365 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7366 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7367 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7368 7369 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7370 /// 7371 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7372 Scope *CurScope; 7373 7374protected: 7375 friend class Parser; 7376 friend class InitializationSequence; 7377 friend class ASTReader; 7378 friend class ASTWriter; 7379 7380public: 7381 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7382 /// 7383 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7384 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7385 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7386 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7387 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7388 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7389 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7390 7391 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7392 7393 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7394 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7395 } 7396 7397 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7398 7399 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7400 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7401 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7402 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7403 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7404 return DC; 7405 } 7406}; 7407 7408/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7409class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7410 Sema &Actions; 7411 7412public: 7413 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7414 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7415 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7416 bool IsDecltype = false) 7417 : Actions(Actions) { 7418 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7419 IsDecltype); 7420 } 7421 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7422 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7423 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7424 bool IsDecltype = false) 7425 : Actions(Actions) { 7426 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7427 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7428 IsDecltype); 7429 } 7430 7431 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7432 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7433 } 7434}; 7435 7436} // end namespace clang 7437 7438#endif 7439